]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/iw.git/blob - nl80211.h
f23ecbdd84a284b65944aa5ef82e1d18b4f0c199
[thirdparty/iw.git] / nl80211.h
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30 /*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60 /**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86 /**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123 /**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156 /**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occurs.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213 /**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251 /**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264 /**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280 /**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303 /**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326 /**
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328 *
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335 */
336
337 /**
338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339 *
340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344 */
345
346 /**
347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348 *
349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350 *
351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362 * compatibility only.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368 *
369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387 *
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423 * attributes determining channel width.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427 *
428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
443 *
444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
454 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
455 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
456 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
457 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
458 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
459 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
460 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
461 *
462 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
463 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
464 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
465 * global regdomain will be returned.
466 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
467 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
468 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
469 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
470 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
471 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
472 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
473 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
474 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
475 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
476 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
477 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
478 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
479 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
480 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
481 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
482 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
483 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
484 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
485 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
486 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
487 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
488 *
489 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
490 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
491 *
492 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
493 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
494 *
495 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
496 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
497 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
498 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
499 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
500 * added to all specified management frames generated by
501 * kernel/firmware/driver.
502 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
503 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
504 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
505 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
506 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
507 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
508 *
509 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
510 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
511 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
512 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
513 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
514 * be used.
515 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
516 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
517 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
518 * partial scan results may be available
519 *
520 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
521 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
522 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
523 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
524 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
525 * These attributes are mutually exclusive,
526 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
527 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
528 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
529 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
530 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
531 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
532 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
533 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
534 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
535 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
536 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
537 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
538 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
539 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
540 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
541 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
542 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
543 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
544 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
545 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
546 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
547 * results available.
548 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
549 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
550 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
551 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
552 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
553 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
554 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
555 *
556 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
557 * or noise level
558 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
559 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
560 *
561 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
562 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
563 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
564 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
565 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
566 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
567 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
568 * ESS.
569 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
570 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
571 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
572 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
573 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
574 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
575 *
576 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
577 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
578 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
579 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
580 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
581 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
582 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
583 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
584 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
585 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
586 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
587 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
588 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
589 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
590 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
591 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
592 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
593 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
594 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
595 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
596 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
597 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
598 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
599 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
600 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
601 * the beacon hint was processed.
602 *
603 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
604 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
605 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
606 * authentication process.
607 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
608 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
609 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
610 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
611 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
612 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
613 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
614 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
615 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
616 * to the frame.
617 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
618 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
619 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
620 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
621 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
622 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
623 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
624 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
625 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
626 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
627 * pending authentication timed out).
628 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
629 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
630 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
631 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
632 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
633 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
634 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
635 * included).
636 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
637 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
638 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
639 * primitives).
640 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
641 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
642 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
643 *
644 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
645 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
646 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
647 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
648 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
649 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
650 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
651 *
652 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
653 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
654 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
655 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
656 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
657 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
658 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
659 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
660 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
661 * determined by the network interface.
662 *
663 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
664 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
665 * to the driver.
666 *
667 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
668 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
669 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
671 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
672 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
673 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
674 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
675 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
676 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
677 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
678 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
679 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
680 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
681 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
682 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
683 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
684 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
685 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
686 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
687 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
688 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
689 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
690 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
691 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
692 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
693 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
694 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
695 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
696 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
697 * a different BSS is desired.
698 * Background scan period can optionally be
699 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
700 * if not specified default background scan configuration
701 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
702 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
703 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
704 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
705 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
706 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
707 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
708 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
709 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
710 * well to remain backwards compatible.
711 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
712 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
713 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
714 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
715 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
716 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
717 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
718 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
719 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
720 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
721 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
722 *
723 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
724 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
725 *
726 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
727 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
728 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
729 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
730 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
731 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
732 * frequency for the operation.
733 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
734 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
735 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
736 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
737 * radio).
738 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
739 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
740 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
741 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
742 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
743 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
744 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
745 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
746 * uniquely identify the request.
747 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
748 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
749 *
750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
751 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
752 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
753 *
754 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
755 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
756 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
757 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
758 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
759 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
760 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
761 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
762 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
763 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
764 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
765 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
766 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
767 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
768 * backward compatibility
769 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
770 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
771 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
772 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
773 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
774 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
775 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
776 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
777 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
778 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
779 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
780 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
781 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
782 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
783 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
784 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
785 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
786 * is used during CSA period.
787 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
788 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
789 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
790 * lower layers.
791 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
792 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
793 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
794 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
795 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
796 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
797 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
798 * wait time.
799 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
800 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
801 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
802 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
803 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
804 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
805 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
806 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
807 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
808 * backward compatibility.
809 *
810 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
811 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
812 *
813 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
814 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
815 * levels.
816 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
817 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
818 * reached.
819 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
820 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
821 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
822 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
823 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
824 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
825 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
826 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
827 * precedence when they are used.
828 *
829 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
830 * (no longer supported).
831 *
832 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
833 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
834 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
835 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
836 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
837 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
838 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
839 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
840 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
841 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
842 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
843 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
844 * command, the feature is disabled.
845 *
846 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
847 * mesh config parameters may be given.
848 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
849 * network is determined by the network interface.
850 *
851 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
852 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
853 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
854 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
855 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
856 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
857 *
858 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
859 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
860 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
861 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
862 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
863 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
864 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
865 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
866 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
867 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
868 * depending on the authentication result.
869 *
870 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
871 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
872 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
873 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
874 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
875 * more background information, see
876 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
877 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
878 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
879 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
880 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
881 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
882 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
883 *
884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
885 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
886 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
887 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
888 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
889 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
890 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
891 *
892 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
893 * of PMKSA caching candidates.
894 *
895 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
896 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
897 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
898 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
899 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
900 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
901 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
902 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
903 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
904 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
905 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
906 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
907 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
908 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
909 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
910 *
911 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
912 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
913 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
914 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
915 * is received.
916 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
917 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
918 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
919 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
920 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
921 *
922 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
923 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
924 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
925 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
926 *
927 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
928 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
929 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
930 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
931 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
932 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
933 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
934 *
935 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
936 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
937 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
938 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
939 *
940 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
941 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
942 *
943 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
944 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
945 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
946 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
947 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
948 * from the remote AP) is completed;
949 *
950 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
951 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
952 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
953 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
954 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
955 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
956 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
957 * interfaces to change channel as well.
958 *
959 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
961 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
962 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
963 * public action frame TX.
964 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
965 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
966 *
967 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
968 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
969 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
970 * is used for this.
971 *
972 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
973 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
974 *
975 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
976 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
977 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
978 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
979 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
980 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
981 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
982 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
983 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
984 *
985 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
986 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
987 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
988 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
989 * while operating on this channel.
990 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
991 * event.
992 *
993 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
994 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
995 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
996 *
997 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
998 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
999 *
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
1001 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
1002 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
1003 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
1004 *
1005 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1006 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1007 * complete.
1008 *
1009 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1010 * return back to normal.
1011 *
1012 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1013 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1014 *
1015 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1016 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1017 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1019 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1021 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1022 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1023 * switch is complete.
1024 *
1025 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1026 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1027 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1028 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1029 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1030 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1031 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1032 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1033 *
1034 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1035 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1036 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1037 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1038 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1039 *
1040 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1041 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1042 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1043 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1044 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1045 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1046 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1047 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1048 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1049 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1050 * fail even if the check was successful.
1051 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1052 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1053 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1054 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1055 *
1056 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1057 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1058 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1059 *
1060 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1061 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1062 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1063 * network is determined by the network interface.
1064 *
1065 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1066 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1067 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1068 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1069 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1070 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1071 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1072 * AP.
1073 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1074 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1075 * when this command completes.
1076 *
1077 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1078 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1079 * management.
1080 *
1081 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1082 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1083 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1084 *
1085 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1087 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1088 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1089 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1090 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1091 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1092 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1093 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1094 * added.
1095 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1096 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1097 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1098 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1099 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1100 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1101 * of the function upon success.
1102 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1103 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1104 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1105 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1106 * which just terminated.
1107 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1108 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1109 * the response to this command.
1110 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1111 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1112 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1113 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1114 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1115 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1116 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1117 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1118 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1119 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1120 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1121 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1122 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1123 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1124 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1126 *
1127 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1128 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1129 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1130 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1131 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1132 *
1133 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1134 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1135 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1136 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1137 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1138 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1139 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1140 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1141 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1142 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1143 * client MAC address.
1144 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1145 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1146 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1147 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1148 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1149 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1150 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1151 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1152 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1153 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1154 * 802.11 headers.
1155 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1156 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1157 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1158 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1159 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1160 * address of that link.
1161 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1162 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1163 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1164 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1165 *
1166 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1167 *
1168 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1169 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1170 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1171 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1172 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1173 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1174 *
1175 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1176 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1177 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1178 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1179 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1180 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1181 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1182 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1183 * command interface.
1184 *
1185 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1186 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1187 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1188 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1189 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1190 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1191 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1192 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1193 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1194 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1195 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1196 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1197 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1198 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1199 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1200 * authentication.
1201 *
1202 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1203 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1204 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1205 *
1206 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1207 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1208 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1209 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1210 *
1211 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1212 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1213 *
1214 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1215 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1216 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1217 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1218 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1219 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1220 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1221 * the netlink extended ack message.
1222 *
1223 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1224 *
1225 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1226 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1227 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1228 * buffer size.
1229 *
1230 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1231 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1232 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1233 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1234 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1235 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1236 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1237 *
1238 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1239 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1240 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1241 * determining the width and type.
1242 *
1243 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1244 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1245 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1246 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1247 *
1248 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1249 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1250 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1251 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1252 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1253 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1254 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1255 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1256 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1257 * rate selection.
1258 *
1259 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1260 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1261 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1262 *
1263 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1264 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1265 *
1266 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1267 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1268 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1269 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1270 *
1271 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1272 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1273 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1274 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1275 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1276 *
1277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1278 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1279 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1280 *
1281 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1282 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1283 *
1284 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1285 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1286 *
1287 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1288 * started
1289 *
1290 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1291 * been aborted
1292 *
1293 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1294 * has completed
1295 *
1296 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1297 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1299 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1300 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1301 *
1302 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1303 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1304 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1305 * specify the timeout value.
1306 *
1307 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1308 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1309 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1310 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1311 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1312 *
1313 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1314 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1315 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1316 *
1317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1318 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1319 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1320 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1321 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1322 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1323 * HW timestamping.
1324 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1325 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1326 *
1327 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1328 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1329 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1330 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1331 *
1332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1333 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1334 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1335 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1336 *
1337 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1338 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1339 */
1340 enum nl80211_commands {
1341 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1342 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1343
1344 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1345 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1346 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1347 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1348
1349 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1350 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1351 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1352 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1353
1354 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1355 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1356 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1357 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1358
1359 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1360 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1361 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1362 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1363 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1364 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1365
1366 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1367 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1368 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1369 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1370
1371 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1373 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1374 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1375
1376 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1377
1378 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1379 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1380
1381 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1382 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1383
1384 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1385
1386 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1387
1388 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1389 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1390 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1391 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1392
1393 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1394
1395 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1396 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1397 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1398 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1399
1400 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1401
1402 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1403
1404 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1405 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1406
1407 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1408
1409 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1410 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1411 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1412
1413 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1414
1415 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1416 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1417
1418 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1419 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1420 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1421
1422 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1423 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1424
1425 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1426
1427 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1428 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1429 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1430 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1431 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1432 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1433
1434 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1435 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1436
1437 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1438 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1439
1440 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1441 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1442
1443 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1444
1445 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1446 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1447
1448 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1449 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1450
1451 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1452
1453 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1454 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1455
1456 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1457 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1458 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1459 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1460
1461 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1462
1463 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1464
1465 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1466 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1467
1468 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1469
1470 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1471
1472 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1473
1474 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1475
1476 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1477
1478 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1479
1480 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1481 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1482
1483 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1484
1485 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1486
1487 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1488
1489 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1490
1491 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1492
1493 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1494 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1495
1496 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1497 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1498
1499 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1500 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1501
1502 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1503
1504 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1505
1506 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1507
1508 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1509 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1510
1511 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1512
1513 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1514 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1515
1516 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1517
1518 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1519 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1520
1521 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1522
1523 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1524
1525 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1526 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1527 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1528 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1529 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1530 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1531
1532 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1533
1534 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1535
1536 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1537 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1538
1539 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1540
1541 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1542
1543 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1544
1545 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1546
1547 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1548
1549 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1550
1551 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1552 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1553 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1554
1555 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1556
1557 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1558
1559 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1560
1561 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1562
1563 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1564
1565 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1566
1567 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1568
1569 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1570
1571 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1572
1573 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1574 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1575 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1576
1577 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1578
1579 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1580
1581 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1582 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1583
1584 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1585 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1586 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1587
1588 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1589
1590 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1591
1592 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
1593
1594 /* add new commands above here */
1595
1596 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1597 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1598 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1599 };
1600
1601 /*
1602 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1603 * here
1604 */
1605 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1606 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1607 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1608 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1609 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1610 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1611 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1612 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1613
1614 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1615
1616 /* source-level API compatibility */
1617 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1618 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1619 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1620
1621 /**
1622 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1623 *
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1625 *
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1627 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1631 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1632 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1633 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1634 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1636 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1637 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1639 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1640 * operating channel center frequency.
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1642 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1644 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1645 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1646 * this attribute)
1647 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1648 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1649 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1650 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1652 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1653 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1655 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1656 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1658 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1659 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1661 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1662 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1664 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1665 *
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1669 *
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1671 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1672 *
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1674 *
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1676 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1677 * keys
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1680 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1682 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1685 * default management key
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1687 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1689 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1690 *
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1695 *
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1698 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1700 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1702 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1703 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1705 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1707 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1708 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1709 *
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1711 * consisting of a nested array.
1712 *
1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1715 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1718 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1719 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1720 *
1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1722 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1723 *
1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1725 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1726 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1727 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1728 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1729 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1730 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1731 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1732 * to a specific alpha2.
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1734 * rules.
1735 *
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1738 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1740 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1742 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1743 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1744 *
1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1746 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1747 *
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1749 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1750 * of the interface mode.
1751 *
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1753 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1754 *
1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1756 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1757 *
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1759 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1761 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1763 * that can be added to a scan request
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1765 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1767 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1768 *
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1771 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1773 *
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1775 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1777 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1780 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1781 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1782 *
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1784 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1785 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1788 * represented as a u32
1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1790 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1791 *
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1793 * a u32
1794 *
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1796 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1797 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1798 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1799 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1801 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1802 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1803 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1804 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1805 *
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1807 * cipher suites
1808 *
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1810 * for other networks on different channels
1811 *
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1813 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1814 *
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1816 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1817 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1818 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1819 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1820 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1821 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1822 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1825 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1828 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1829 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1830 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1831 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1832 * default in station mode.
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1834 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1835 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1836 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1837 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1838 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1840 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1841 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1843 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1844 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1845 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1846 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1847 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1848 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1849 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1850 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1851 * frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1854 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1855 *
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1857 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1858 * a local disconnect request.
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1860 * event (u16)
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1862 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1863 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1864 *
1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1866 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1867 * (an array of u32).
1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1869 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1870 * u32).
1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1872 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1873 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1875 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1876 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1877 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1878 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1879 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1880 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1881 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1882 *
1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1884 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1886 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1887 *
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1889 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1890 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1891 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1892 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1893 *
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1895 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1897 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1898 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1899 *
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1901 *
1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1903 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1904 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1905 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1906 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1907 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1908 * completely from scratch.
1909 *
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1911 *
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1913 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1914 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1915 *
1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1918 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1922 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1923 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1924 *
1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1926 *
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1928 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1929 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1930 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1931 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1932 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1933 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1934 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1935 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1936 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1937 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1938 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1939 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1940 *
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1942 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1944 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1946 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1947 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1948 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1950 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1951 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1952 *
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1954 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1955 *
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1957 *
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1959 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1960 *
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1962 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1963 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1964 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1965 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1966 *
1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1968 * connected to this BSS.
1969 *
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1971 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1973 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1974 * for non-automatic settings.
1975 *
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1977 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1978 *
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1980 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1981 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1982 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1983 *
1984 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1985 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1986 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1987 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1988 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
1989 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1990 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1991 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
1992 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1993 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1994 *
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1996 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1997 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1998 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1999 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
2000 *
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2002 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2005 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
2006 *
2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
2008 *
2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2010 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2011 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2012 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2013 * nl80211 capability flag.
2014 *
2015 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2016 *
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2018 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2019 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2020 *
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
2022 * changed once the mesh is active.
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2024 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2026 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2027 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2029 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2030 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2031 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2032 *
2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2034 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2036 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2037 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2038 * triggers.
2039 *
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2041 * cycles, in msecs.
2042 *
2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2044 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2045 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2046 * pass-thru filter rules.
2047 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2048 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2049 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2050 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2051 * able to ignore them by itself.
2052 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2053 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2054 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2055 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2056 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2057 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2058 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2059 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2060 *
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2062 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2063 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2065 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2066 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2067 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2070 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2071 *
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2073 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2074 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2075 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2076 *
2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2078 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2079 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2080 *
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2082 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2083 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2084 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2086 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2087 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2088 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2089 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2090 *
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2092 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2094 * as AP.
2095 *
2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2097 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2098 *
2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2100 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2101 *
2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2103 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2104 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2105 * applications use this attribute.
2106 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2107 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2108 *
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2110 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2111 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2113 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2115 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2117 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2119 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2120 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2121 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2122 *
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2124 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2125 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2126 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2127 *
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2129 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2130 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2131 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2132 *
2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2134 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2136 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2137 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2138 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2139 *
2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2141 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2142 * to be filled by the FW.
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2144 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2145 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2147 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2148 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2150 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2151 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2153 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2154 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2155 * The values that may be configured are:
2156 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2157 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2158 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2159 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2160 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2161 *
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2163 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2164 * to one DFS region.
2165 *
2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2167 * up to 16 TIDs.
2168 *
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2170 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2171 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2172 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2173 * capability to timeout the stations.
2174 *
2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2176 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2177 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2178 *
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2180 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2181 *
2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2183 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2184 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2185 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2186 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2187 *
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2189 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2190 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2191 *
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2193 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2194 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2195 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2196 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2197 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2198 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2199 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2200 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2201 * consistent.
2202 *
2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2204 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2205 *
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2207 *
2208 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2209 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2211 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2212 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2213 * no change is made.
2214 *
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2216 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2217 *
2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2219 * carried in a u32 attribute
2220 *
2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2222 * MAC ACL.
2223 *
2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2225 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2226 * ACL.
2227 *
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2229 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2230 *
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2232 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2233 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2235 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2236 *
2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2238 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2239 *
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2241 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2242 * and PU-APSD.
2243 *
2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2245 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2246 *
2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2248 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2249 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2250 *
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2252 *
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2254 * Element
2255 *
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2257 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2259 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2260 *
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2262 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2263 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2264 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2265 *
2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2267 *
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2269 * until the channel switch event.
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2271 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2272 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2273 * was requested by the AP.
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2275 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2277 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2279 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2280 *
2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2282 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2283 *
2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2285 *
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2287 * operating classes.
2288 *
2289 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2290 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2291 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2292 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2293 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2294 * IBSS network.
2295 *
2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2297 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2299 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2300 *
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2302 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2303 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2304 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2305 * u8 attribute.
2306 *
2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2308 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2311 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2313 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2314 *
2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2316 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2317 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2318 *
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2321 *
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2323 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2324 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2325 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2326 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2327 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2328 *
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2330 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2332 * supported number of csa counters.
2333 *
2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2335 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2336 *
2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2338 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2339 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2340 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2341 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2342 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2343 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2344 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2345 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2346 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2347 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2348 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2349 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2350 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2351 * multicast group.
2352 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2353 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2354 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2355 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2356 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2357 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2358 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2359 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2360 *
2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2362 * the TDLS link initiator.
2363 *
2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2365 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2366 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2367 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2368 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2369 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2370 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2371 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2372 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2373 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2374 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2375 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2376 *
2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2378 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2379 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2380 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2381 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2382 *
2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2386 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2387 *
2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2389 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2390 *
2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2392 *
2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2394 *
2395 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2396 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2397 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2398 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2399 *
2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2401 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2402 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2403 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2404 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2405 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2406 *
2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2408 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2409 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2410 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2411 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2412 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2413 * over all channels.
2414 *
2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2416 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2417 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2418 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2419
2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2421 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2422 *
2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2424 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2426 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2428 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2430 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2431 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2432 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2433 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2434 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2436 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2437 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2438 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2440 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2441 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2442 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2443 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2444 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2445 *
2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2447 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2448 *
2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2450 *
2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2452 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2453 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2454 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2455 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2456 * present.
2457 *
2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2459 * groupID for monitor mode.
2460 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2461 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2462 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2463 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2464 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2465 * each group.
2466 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2467 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2468 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2469 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2470 * groupID data.
2471 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2472 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2473 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2474 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2475 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2476 *
2477 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2478 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2479 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2480 * attribute must not be included).
2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2482 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2484 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2485 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2486 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2487 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2488 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2489 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2490 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2491 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2492 *
2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2494 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2495 *
2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2497 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2498 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2499 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2500 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2501 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2502 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2503 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2504 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2505 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2506 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2507 * the device will decide what to use.
2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2509 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2510 * attribute.
2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2512 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2514 * protection.
2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2516 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2517 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2518 *
2519 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2520 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2521 *
2522 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2523 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2524 *
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2526 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2527 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2528 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2529 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2530 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2531 * unnecessary wakeups.
2532 *
2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2534 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2535 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2536 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2537 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2538 *
2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2540 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2541 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2542 *
2543 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2544 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2545 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2546 *
2547 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2548 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2549 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2550 *
2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2552 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2553 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2554 *
2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2556 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2557 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2558 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2559 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2560 *
2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2562 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2563 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2564 *
2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2566 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2567 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2568 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2569 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2570 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2571 * is included as well.
2572 *
2573 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2574 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2575 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2576 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2577 *
2578 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2579 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2580 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2581 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2583 *
2584 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2585 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2586 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2587 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2588 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2589 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2590 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2591 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2592 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2593 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2594 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2595 *
2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2597 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2598 *
2599 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2600 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2601 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2602 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2604 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2605 * enforced.
2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2607 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2608 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2609 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2610 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2611 *
2612 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2613 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2614 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2615 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2616 *
2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2618 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2619 *
2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2621 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2622 * invalid value.
2623 *
2624 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2625 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2626 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2627 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2628 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2629 *
2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2631 * scheduler.
2632 *
2633 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2634 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2635 * possible values.
2636 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2637 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2638 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2639 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2640 * or per-station.
2641 *
2642 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2643 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2644 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2645 *
2646 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2647 *
2648 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2649 * functionality.
2650 *
2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2652 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2653 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2654 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2655 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2656 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2657 *
2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2659 * (u16).
2660 *
2661 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2662 *
2663 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2664 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2665 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2666 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2667 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2668 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2669 *
2670 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2671 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2672 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2673 * attributes.
2674 *
2675 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2676 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2677 *
2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2679 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2680 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2681 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2682 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2683 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2684 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2685 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2686 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2687 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2688 *
2689 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2690 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2691 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2692 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2693 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2694 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2695 * has expired.
2696 *
2697 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2698 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2699 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2700 * disassociation is still forced.
2701 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2702 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2704 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2705 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2706 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2707 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2708 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2709 *
2710 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2711 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2712 *
2713 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2714 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2715 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2716 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2717 *
2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2719 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2720 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2721 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2722 *
2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2724 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2725 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2726 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2727 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2728 *
2729 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2730 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2731 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2732 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2733 *
2734 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2735 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2736 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2737 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2738 *
2739 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2740 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2741 * is desired.
2742 *
2743 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2744 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2745 *
2746 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2747 * until the color switch event.
2748 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2749 * switching to
2750 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2751 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2752 *
2753 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2754 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2755 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2756 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2757 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2758 * parameters.
2759 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2760 *
2761 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2762 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2763 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2764 *
2765 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2766 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2767 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2768 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2769 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2770 * radar channel.
2771 *
2772 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2773 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2774 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2775 *
2776 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2777 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2778 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2779 *
2780 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2781 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2782 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2783 * per-link information and a link ID.
2784 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2785 * authenticate/associate.
2786 *
2787 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2788 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2789 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2790 *
2791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2792 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2793 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2794 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2795 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2796 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2797 *
2798 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2799 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2800 *
2801 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2802 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2803 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2804 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2805 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2806 * the ack TX timestamp.
2807 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2808 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2809 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2810 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2811 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2812 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2813 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2814 * (re)associations.
2815 *
2816 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2817 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2818 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2819 * reserved.
2820 *
2821 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2822 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2823 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2824 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2825 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2826 * be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2827 *
2828 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2829 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2830 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2831 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2832 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2833 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2834 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2835 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2836 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2837 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2838 *
2839 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2840 * disabled.
2841 *
2842 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2843 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2844 * cannot be used at all.
2845 *
2846 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2847 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2848 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2849 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2850 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2851 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2852 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2853 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2854 *
2855 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
2856 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
2857 * are used on this connection
2858 *
2859 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2860 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2861 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2862 */
2863 enum nl80211_attrs {
2864 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2865 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2866
2867 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2868 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2869
2870 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2872 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2873
2874 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2875
2876 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2877 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2878 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2879 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2880 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2881
2882 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2883 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2884 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2885 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2886
2887 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2888 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2889 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2890 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2891 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2892 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2893
2894 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2895
2896 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2897
2898 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2899 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2901 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2902
2903 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2904 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2905 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2906
2907 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2908
2909 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2910
2911 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2912 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2913
2914 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2915
2916 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2917
2918 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2919 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2920 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2921
2922 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2923
2924 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2925 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2926
2927 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2928
2929 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2930 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2931 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2932 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2933
2934 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2935 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2936
2937 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2938
2939 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2940 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2941 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2942 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2943
2944 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2945
2946 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2947 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2948
2949 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2950 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2951
2952 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2953
2954
2955 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2956 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2957 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2958 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2959
2960 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2961
2962 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2963
2964 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2965
2966 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2967
2968 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2969
2970 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2971
2972 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2973 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2974
2975 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2977 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2978 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2979
2980 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2981 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2982
2983 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2984
2985 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2986 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2987
2988 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2989
2990 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2991
2992 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2993
2994 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2995 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2996
2997 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2998
2999 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
3000
3001 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
3002
3003 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
3004
3005 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
3006
3007 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
3008
3009 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
3010
3011 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
3012
3013 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
3014
3015 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
3016
3017 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3018 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
3019
3020 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
3021 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
3022 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
3023
3024 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
3025 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
3026
3027 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
3028
3029 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
3030 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
3031
3032 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
3033
3034 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
3035
3036 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
3037
3038 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3039
3040 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3041
3042 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3043
3044 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3045 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3046
3047 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3048 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3049
3050 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3051 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3052
3053 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3054
3055 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3056 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3057
3058 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3059
3060 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3061 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3062
3063 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3064
3065 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3066
3067 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3068 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3069
3070 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3071 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3072
3073 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3074
3075 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3076 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3077
3078 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3079
3080 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3081
3082 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3083 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3084 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3085 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3086 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3087
3088 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3089
3090 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3091
3092 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3093
3094 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3095
3096 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3097
3098 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3099
3100 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3101 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3102
3103 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3104
3105 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3106
3107 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3108
3109 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3110
3111 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3112
3113 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3114
3115 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3116
3117 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3118
3119 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3120
3121 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3122
3123 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3124 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3125 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3126
3127 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3128 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3129
3130 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3131
3132 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3133
3134 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3135
3136 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3137
3138 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3139
3140 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3141 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3142
3143 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3144 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3145
3146 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3147 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3148
3149 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3150 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3151
3152 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3153 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3154
3155 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3156 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3157
3158 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3159
3160 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3161
3162 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3163 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3164 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3165 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3166 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3167
3168 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3169
3170 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3171
3172 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3173
3174 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3175
3176 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3177 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3178
3179 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3180
3181 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3182 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3183 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3184 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3185
3186 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3187
3188 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3189 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3190
3191 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3192
3193 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3194
3195 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3196
3197 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3198 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3199
3200 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3201
3202 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3203
3204 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3205
3206 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3207 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3208 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3209
3210 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3211
3212 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3213
3214 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3215
3216 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3217
3218 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3219
3220 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3221
3222 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3223
3224 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3225
3226 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3227
3228 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3229 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3230 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3231 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3232
3233 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3234
3235 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3236
3237 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3238
3239 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3240
3241 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3242
3243 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3244 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3245
3246 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3247 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3248 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3249 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3250
3251 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3252
3253 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3254 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3255 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3257
3258 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3259 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3260
3261 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3262
3263 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3264
3265 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3266 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3267
3268 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3269
3270 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3271 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3272 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3273 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3274 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3275
3276 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3277
3278 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3279 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3280
3281 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3282 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3283 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3284
3285 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3286 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3287
3288 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3289 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3290
3291 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3292
3293 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3294 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3295 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3296 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3297
3298 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3299
3300 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3301
3302 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3303
3304 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3305
3306 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3307
3308 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3309 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3310 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3311
3312 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3313
3314 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3315
3316 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3317
3318 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3319 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3320
3321 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3322
3323 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3324
3325 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3326
3327 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3328
3329 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3330
3331 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3332 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3333
3334 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3335 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3336 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3337 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3338
3339 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3340
3341 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3342
3343 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3344
3345 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3346 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3347
3348 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3349
3350 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3351
3352 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3353
3354 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3355
3356 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3357
3358 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3359 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3360 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3361
3362 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3363 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3364
3365 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3366
3367 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3368
3369 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3370
3371 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3372
3373 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3374 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3375 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3376
3377 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3378
3379 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3380
3381 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3382 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3383
3384 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3385 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3386 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3387
3388 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3389
3390 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3391 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3392
3393 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3394
3395 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3396
3397 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
3398
3399 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
3400 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
3401
3402 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU,
3403
3404 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3405
3406 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3407 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3408 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3409 };
3410
3411 /* source-level API compatibility */
3412 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3413 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3414 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3415 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3416 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3417 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3418
3419 /*
3420 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3421 * here
3422 */
3423 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3424 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3425 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3426 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3427 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3428 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3429 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3430 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3431 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3432 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3433 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3434 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3435 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3436 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3437 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3438 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3439 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3440 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3441 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3442 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3443 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3444
3445 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3446
3447 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3448 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3449 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3450 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3451 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3452 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3453 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3454 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3455 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3456 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3457 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3458
3459 /*
3460 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3461 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3462 */
3463 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3464 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3465 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3466
3467 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3468
3469 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3470 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3471
3472 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3473
3474 /**
3475 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3476 *
3477 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3478 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3479 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3480 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3481 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3482 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3483 * AP type interface.
3484 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3485 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3486 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3487 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3488 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3489 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3490 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3491 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3492 * commands to create and destroy one
3493 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3494 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3495 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3496 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3497 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3498 *
3499 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3500 * to set the type of an interface.
3501 *
3502 */
3503 enum nl80211_iftype {
3504 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3505 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3506 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3507 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3508 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3509 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3510 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3511 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3512 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3513 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3514 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3515 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3516 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3517
3518 /* keep last */
3519 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3520 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3521 };
3522
3523 /**
3524 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3525 *
3526 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3527 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3528 *
3529 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3530 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3531 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3532 * with short barker preamble
3533 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3534 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3535 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3536 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3537 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3538 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3539 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3540 * as errors.)
3541 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3542 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3543 * previously added station into associated state
3544 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
3545 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3546 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3547 */
3548 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3549 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3550 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3551 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3552 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3553 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3554 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3555 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3556 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3557 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU,
3558
3559 /* keep last */
3560 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3561 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3562 };
3563
3564 /**
3565 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3566 *
3567 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3568 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3569 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3570 */
3571 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3572 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3573 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3574
3575 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3576 };
3577
3578 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3579
3580 /**
3581 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3582 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3583 * @set: which values to set them to
3584 *
3585 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3586 */
3587 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3588 __u32 mask;
3589 __u32 set;
3590 } __attribute__((packed));
3591
3592 /**
3593 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3594 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3595 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3596 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3597 */
3598 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3599 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3600 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3601 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3602 };
3603
3604 /**
3605 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3606 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3607 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3608 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3609 */
3610 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3611 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3612 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3613 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3614 };
3615
3616 /**
3617 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3618 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3619 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3620 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3621 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3622 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3623 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3624 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3625 */
3626 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3627 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3628 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3629 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3630 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3633 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3634 };
3635
3636 /**
3637 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3638 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3639 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3640 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3641 */
3642 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3643 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3644 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3645 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3646 };
3647
3648 /**
3649 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3650 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3651 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3652 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3653 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3654 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3655 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3656 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3657 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3658 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3659 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3660 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3661 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3662 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3663 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3664 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3665 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3666 */
3667 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3668 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3669 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3670 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3671 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3672 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3673 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3674 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3675 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3676 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3677 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3678 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3679 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3680 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3681 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3682 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3683 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3684 };
3685
3686 /**
3687 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3688 *
3689 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3690 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3691 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3692 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3693 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3694 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3695 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3696 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3697 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3698 *
3699 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3700 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3701 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3702 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3703 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3704 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3705 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3706 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3707 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3708 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3709 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3710 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3711 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3712 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3713 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3714 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3715 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3716 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3717 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3718 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3719 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3720 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3721 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3722 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3723 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3724 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3725 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3726 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3727 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3728 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3729 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3730 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3731 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3732 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3733 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3734 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3735 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3736 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3737 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3738 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3739 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3740 */
3741 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3742 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3743 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3744 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3745 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3746 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3747 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3748 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3749 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3750 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3751 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3752 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3753 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3754 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3755 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3756 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3757 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3758 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3759 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3760 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3761 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3762 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3763 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3764 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3765 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
3766 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
3767 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
3768 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
3769 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
3770 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
3771 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
3772
3773 /* keep last */
3774 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3775 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3776 };
3777
3778 /**
3779 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3780 *
3781 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3782 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3783 *
3784 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3785 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3786 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3787 * (flag)
3788 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3789 * (flag)
3790 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3791 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3792 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3793 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3794 */
3795 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3796 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3797 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3798 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3799 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3800 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3801 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3802
3803 /* keep last */
3804 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3805 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3806 };
3807
3808 /**
3809 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3810 *
3811 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3812 * when getting information about a station.
3813 *
3814 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3815 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3816 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3817 * (u32, from this station)
3818 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3819 * (u32, to this station)
3820 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3821 * (u64, from this station)
3822 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3823 * (u64, to this station)
3824 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3825 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3826 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3827 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3828 * (u32, from this station)
3829 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3830 * (u32, to this station)
3831 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3832 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3833 * (u32, to this station)
3834 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3835 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3836 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3837 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3838 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3839 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3840 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3841 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3842 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3843 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3844 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3845 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3846 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3848 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3849 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3850 * non-peer STA
3851 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3852 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3853 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3854 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3855 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3856 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3857 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3858 * (u64)
3859 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3860 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3861 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3862 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3863 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3864 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3865 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3866 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3868 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3870 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3872 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3873 * (u32, from this station)
3874 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3875 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3876 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3877 * might not be fully accurate.
3878 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3879 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3880 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3881 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3882 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3883 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3884 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3885 * of STA's association
3886 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3887 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3888 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3889 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3890 */
3891 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3892 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3893 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3894 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3895 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3896 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3897 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3898 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3899 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3900 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3901 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3902 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3903 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3904 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3905 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3906 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3907 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3908 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3909 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3910 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3911 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3912 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3913 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3914 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3915 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3916 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3917 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3918 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3919 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3920 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3921 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3922 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3923 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3924 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3925 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3926 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3927 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3928 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3929 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3930 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3931 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3932 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3933 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3934 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3935 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3936
3937 /* keep last */
3938 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3939 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3940 };
3941
3942 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3943 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3944
3945
3946 /**
3947 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3948 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3949 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3950 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3951 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3952 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3953 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3954 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3955 * MSDUs (u64)
3956 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3957 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3958 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3959 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3960 */
3961 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3962 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3963 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3964 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3965 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3966 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3967 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3968 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3969
3970 /* keep last */
3971 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3972 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3973 };
3974
3975 /**
3976 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3977 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3978 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3979 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3980 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3981 * backlogged
3982 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3983 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3984 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3985 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3986 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3987 * (only for per-phy stats)
3988 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3989 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3990 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3991 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3992 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3993 */
3994 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3995 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3996 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3997 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3998 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3999 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
4000 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
4001 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
4002 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
4003 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
4004 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
4005 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
4006 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
4007
4008 /* keep last */
4009 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
4010 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
4011 };
4012
4013 /**
4014 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4015 *
4016 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4017 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4018 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4019 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4020 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4021 */
4022 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
4023 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
4024 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
4025 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
4026 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
4027 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
4028 };
4029
4030 /**
4031 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4032 *
4033 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4034 * information about a mesh path.
4035 *
4036 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4037 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4038 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4039 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4040 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4041 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4042 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4043 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4044 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4045 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4046 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4047 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4048 * currently defined
4049 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4050 */
4051 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4052 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4053 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4054 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4055 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4056 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4057 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4058 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4059 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4060 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4061 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4062
4063 /* keep last */
4064 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4065 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4066 };
4067
4068 /**
4069 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4070 *
4071 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4072 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4073 * for each interface type that supports the band data
4074 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4075 * capabilities IE
4076 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4077 * capabilities IE
4078 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4079 * capabilities IE
4080 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4081 * defined in HE capabilities IE
4082 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4083 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
4084 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4085 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4086 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4087 * capabilities element
4088 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4089 * capabilities element
4090 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4091 * capabilities element
4092 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4093 * defined in EHT capabilities element
4094 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4095 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4096 */
4097 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4098 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4099
4100 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4101 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4102 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4103 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4104 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4105 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4106 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4107 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4108 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4109 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4110 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4111
4112 /* keep last */
4113 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4114 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4115 };
4116
4117 /**
4118 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4119 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4120 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4121 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4122 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4123 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4124 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4125 * defined in 802.11n
4126 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4127 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4128 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4129 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4130 * defined in 802.11ac
4131 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4132 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4133 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4134 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4135 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4136 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4137 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4138 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4139 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4140 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4141 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4142 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4143 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4144 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4145 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4146 */
4147 enum nl80211_band_attr {
4148 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4149 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4150 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4151
4152 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4153 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4154 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4155 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4156
4157 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4158 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4159 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4160
4161 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4162 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4163
4164 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4165 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4166
4167 /* keep last */
4168 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4169 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4170 };
4171
4172 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4173
4174 /**
4175 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4176 *
4177 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4178 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4179 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4180 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4181 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4182 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4183 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4184 */
4185 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4186 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4187 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4188 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4189 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4190 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4191
4192 /* keep last */
4193 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4194 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4195 };
4196
4197 /**
4198 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4199 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4200 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4201 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4202 * regulatory domain.
4203 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4204 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4205 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4206 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4207 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4208 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4209 * (100 * dBm).
4210 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4211 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4212 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4213 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4214 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4215 * channel as the control channel
4216 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4217 * channel as the control channel
4218 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4219 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4220 * this includes 80+80 channels
4221 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4222 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4223 * isn't possible
4224 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4225 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4226 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4227 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4228 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4229 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4230 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4231 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4232 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4233 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4234 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4235 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4236 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4237 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4238 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4239 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4240 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4241 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4242 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4243 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4244 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4245 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4246 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4247 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4248 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4249 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4250 * in current regulatory domain.
4251 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4252 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4253 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4254 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4255 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4256 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4257 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4258 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4259 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4260 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4261 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4262 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4263 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4264 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4265 * in current regulatory domain.
4266 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4267 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4268 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
4269 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
4270 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
4271 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4272 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
4273 * not allowed using this channel
4274 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
4275 * not allowed using this channel
4276 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
4277 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
4278 * otherwise completely disabled.
4279 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4280 * currently defined
4281 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4282 *
4283 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4284 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4285 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4286 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4287 */
4288 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4289 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4290 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4291 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4292 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4293 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4294 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4295 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4296 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4297 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4298 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4299 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4300 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4301 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4302 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4303 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4304 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4305 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4306 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4307 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4308 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4309 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4310 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4311 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4312 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4313 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4314 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4315 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4316 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4317 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
4318 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
4319 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT,
4320 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT,
4321 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR,
4322
4323 /* keep last */
4324 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4325 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4326 };
4327
4328 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4329 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4330 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4331 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4332 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4333 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4334 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
4335 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4336 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
4337 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4338
4339 /**
4340 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4341 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4342 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4343 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4344 * in 2.4 GHz band.
4345 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4346 * currently defined
4347 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4348 */
4349 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4350 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4351 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4352 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4353
4354 /* keep last */
4355 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4356 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4357 };
4358
4359 /**
4360 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4361 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4362 * regulatory domain.
4363 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4364 * regulatory domain.
4365 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4366 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4367 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4368 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4369 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4370 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4371 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4372 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4373 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4374 */
4375 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4376 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4377 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4378 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4379 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4380 };
4381
4382 /**
4383 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4384 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4385 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4386 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4387 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4388 * domain.
4389 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4390 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4391 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4392 * them to be applied.
4393 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4394 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4395 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4396 * domain request to be processed.
4397 */
4398 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4399 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4400 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4401 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4402 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4403 };
4404
4405 /**
4406 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4407 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4408 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4409 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4410 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4411 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4412 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4413 * band edge.
4414 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4415 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4416 * band edge.
4417 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4418 * frequency range, in KHz.
4419 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4420 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4421 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4422 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4423 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4424 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4425 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4426 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4427 * This could be negative.
4428 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4429 * currently defined
4430 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4431 */
4432 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4433 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4434 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4435
4436 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4437 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4438 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4439
4440 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4441 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4442
4443 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4444
4445 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
4446
4447 /* keep last */
4448 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4449 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4450 };
4451
4452 /**
4453 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4454 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4455 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4456 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4457 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4458 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4459 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4460 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4461 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4462 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4463 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4464 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4465 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4466 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4467 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4468 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4469 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4470 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4471 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4472 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4473 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4474 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4475 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
4476 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4477 * attribute number currently defined
4478 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4479 */
4480 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4481 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4482
4483 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4484 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4485 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4486 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4487 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4488 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */
4489
4490 /* keep last */
4491 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4492 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4493 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4494 };
4495
4496 /* only for backward compatibility */
4497 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4498
4499 /**
4500 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4501 *
4502 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4503 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4504 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4505 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4506 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4507 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4508 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4509 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4510 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4511 * beaconing.
4512 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4513 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4514 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4515 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4516 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4517 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4518 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4519 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4520 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4521 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4522 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4523 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4524 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
4525 peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
4526 which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
4527 Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4528 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
4529 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
4530 */
4531 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4532 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4533 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4534 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4535 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4536 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4537 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4538 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4539 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4540 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4541 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4542 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4543 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4544 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4545 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4546 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4547 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4548 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18,
4549 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1<<19,
4550 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1<<20,
4551 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1<<21,
4552 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1<<22,
4553 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1<<23,
4554 };
4555
4556 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4557 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4558 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4559 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4560 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4561 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4562 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4563 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4564
4565 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4566 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4567
4568 /**
4569 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4570 *
4571 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4572 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4573 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4574 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4575 */
4576 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4577 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4578 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4579 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4580 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4581 };
4582
4583 /**
4584 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4585 *
4586 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4587 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4588 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4589 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4590 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4591 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4592 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4593 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4594 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4595 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4596 * supported feature.
4597 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4598 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4599 */
4600 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4601 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4602 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4603 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4604 };
4605
4606 /**
4607 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4608 *
4609 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4610 * when getting information about a survey.
4611 *
4612 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4613 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4614 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4615 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4616 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4617 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4618 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4619 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4620 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4621 * channel was sensed busy
4622 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4623 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4624 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4625 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4626 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4627 * (on this channel or globally)
4628 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4629 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4630 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4631 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4632 * currently defined
4633 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4634 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4635 */
4636 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4637 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4638 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4639 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4640 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4641 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4642 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4643 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4644 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4645 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4646 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4647 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4648 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4649 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4650
4651 /* keep last */
4652 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4653 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4654 };
4655
4656 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4657 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4658 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4659 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4660 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4661 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4662
4663 /**
4664 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4665 *
4666 * Monitor configuration flags.
4667 *
4668 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4669 *
4670 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4671 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4672 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4673 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4674 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4675 * overrides all other flags.
4676 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4677 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4678 *
4679 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4680 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4681 */
4682 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4683 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4684 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4685 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4686 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4687 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4688 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4689 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4690
4691 /* keep last */
4692 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4693 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4694 };
4695
4696 /**
4697 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4698 *
4699 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4700 * not known or has not been set yet.
4701 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4702 * in Awake state all the time.
4703 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4704 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4705 * neighbor's beacons.
4706 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4707 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4708 * for neighbor's beacons.
4709 *
4710 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4711 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4712 */
4713
4714 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4715 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4716 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4717 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4718 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4719
4720 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4721 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4722 };
4723
4724 /**
4725 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4726 *
4727 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4728 * active.
4729 *
4730 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4731 *
4732 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4733 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4734 *
4735 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4736 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4737 *
4738 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4739 * millisecond units
4740 *
4741 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4742 * on this mesh interface
4743 *
4744 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4745 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4746 * mesh
4747 *
4748 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4749 * point.
4750 *
4751 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4752 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4753 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4754 * set.
4755 *
4756 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4757 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4758 * target)
4759 *
4760 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4761 * (in milliseconds)
4762 *
4763 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4764 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4765 *
4766 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4767 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4768 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4769 *
4770 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4771 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4772 * reference element
4773 *
4774 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4775 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4776 * mesh
4777 *
4778 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4779 *
4780 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4781 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4782 *
4783 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4784 * root announcements are transmitted.
4785 *
4786 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4787 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4788 * Announcement frames.
4789 *
4790 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4791 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4792 * PERR element.
4793 *
4794 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4795 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4796 *
4797 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4798 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4799 * a peer link.
4800 *
4801 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4802 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4803 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4804 *
4805 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4806 *
4807 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4808 *
4809 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4810 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4811 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4812 *
4813 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4814 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4815 *
4816 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4817 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4818 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4819 *
4820 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4821 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4822 *
4823 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4824 *
4825 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4826 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4827 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4828 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4829 *
4830 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4831 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4832 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4833 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4834 *
4835 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4836 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4837 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4838 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4839 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4840 *
4841 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4842 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4843 * in the mesh formation field.
4844 *
4845 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4846 */
4847 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4848 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4849 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4850 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4851 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4852 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4853 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4854 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4855 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4856 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4857 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4858 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4859 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4860 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4861 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4862 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4863 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4864 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4865 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4866 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4867 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4868 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4869 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4870 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4871 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4872 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4873 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4874 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4875 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4876 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4877 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4878 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4879 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4880
4881 /* keep last */
4882 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4883 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4884 };
4885
4886 /**
4887 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4888 *
4889 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4890 * changed while the mesh is active.
4891 *
4892 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4893 *
4894 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4895 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4896 * default HWMP.
4897 *
4898 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4899 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4900 * metric.
4901 *
4902 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4903 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4904 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4905 * metrics in use.
4906 *
4907 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4908 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4909 *
4910 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4911 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4912 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4913 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4914 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4915 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4916 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4917 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4918 * userspace daemon.
4919 *
4920 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4921 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4922 * neighbor offset synchronization
4923 *
4924 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4925 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4926 *
4927 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4928 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4929 * Default is no authentication method required.
4930 *
4931 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4932 *
4933 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4934 */
4935 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4936 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4937 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4938 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4939 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4940 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4941 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4942 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4943 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4944 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4945
4946 /* keep last */
4947 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4948 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4949 };
4950
4951 /**
4952 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4953 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4954 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4955 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4956 * disabled
4957 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4958 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4959 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4960 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4961 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4962 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4963 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4964 */
4965 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4966 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4967 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4968 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4969 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4970 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4971 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4972
4973 /* keep last */
4974 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4975 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4976 };
4977
4978 enum nl80211_ac {
4979 NL80211_AC_VO,
4980 NL80211_AC_VI,
4981 NL80211_AC_BE,
4982 NL80211_AC_BK,
4983 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4984 };
4985
4986 /* backward compat */
4987 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4988 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4989 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4990 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4991 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4992
4993 /**
4994 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4995 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4996 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4997 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4998 * below the control channel
4999 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5000 * above the control channel
5001 */
5002 enum nl80211_channel_type {
5003 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
5004 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
5005 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
5006 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
5007 };
5008
5009 /**
5010 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
5011 *
5012 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
5013 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
5014 *
5015 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
5016 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
5017 *
5018 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
5019 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
5020 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
5021 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
5022 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
5023 */
5024 enum nl80211_key_mode {
5025 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
5026 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
5027 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
5028 };
5029
5030 /**
5031 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5032 *
5033 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5034 * attribute.
5035 *
5036 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5037 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5038 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5039 * attribute must be provided as well
5040 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5041 * attribute must be provided as well
5042 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5043 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5044 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5045 * attribute must be provided as well
5046 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5047 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5048 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5049 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5050 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5051 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5052 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5053 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5054 * attribute must be provided as well
5055 */
5056 enum nl80211_chan_width {
5057 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
5058 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5059 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
5060 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
5061 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
5062 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
5063 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5064 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5065 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5066 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5067 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
5068 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
5069 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
5070 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
5071 };
5072
5073 /**
5074 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5075 *
5076 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5077 *
5078 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5079 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5080 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5081 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5082 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5083 */
5084 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5085 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5086 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5087 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5088 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5089 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5090 };
5091
5092 /**
5093 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5094 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5095 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5096 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5097 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5098 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5099 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5100 */
5101 enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
5102 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
5103 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
5104 };
5105
5106 /**
5107 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5108 * BSS isn't possible
5109 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5110 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5111 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
5112 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
5113 */
5114 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
5115 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0,
5116 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1,
5117 };
5118
5119 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
5120 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
5121
5122 /**
5123 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5124 *
5125 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5126 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5127 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5128 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5129 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5130 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5131 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5132 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5133 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5134 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5135 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5136 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5137 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5138 * they are from a Beacon frame.
5139 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5140 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5141 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5142 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5143 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5144 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5145 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5146 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5147 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5148 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5149 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5150 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5151 * yet been received
5152 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5153 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5154 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5155 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5156 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5157 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5158 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5159 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5160 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5161 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5162 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5163 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5164 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5165 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5166 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5167 * is set.
5168 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5169 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5170 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5171 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5172 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5173 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5174 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5175 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5176 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5177 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5178 * even though its presence was detected.
5179 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5180 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5181 * if no reasons are specified.
5182 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5183 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5184 */
5185 enum nl80211_bss {
5186 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5187 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5188 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5189 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5190 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5191 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5192 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5193 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5194 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5195 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5196 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5197 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5198 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5199 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5200 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5201 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5202 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5203 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5204 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5205 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5206 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5207 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5208 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5209 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
5210 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
5211
5212 /* keep last */
5213 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5214 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5215 };
5216
5217 /**
5218 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5219 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5220 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5221 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5222 * a given BSS.
5223 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5224 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5225 *
5226 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5227 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5228 */
5229 enum nl80211_bss_status {
5230 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5231 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5232 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5233 };
5234
5235 /**
5236 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5237 *
5238 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5239 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5240 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5241 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5242 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5243 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5244 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5245 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5246 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5247 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5248 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5249 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5250 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5251 */
5252 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5253 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5254 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5255 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5256 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5257 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5258 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5259 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5260 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5261
5262 /* keep last */
5263 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5264 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5265 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5266 };
5267
5268 /**
5269 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5270 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5271 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5272 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5273 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5274 */
5275 enum nl80211_key_type {
5276 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5277 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5278 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5279
5280 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5281 };
5282
5283 /**
5284 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5285 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5286 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5287 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5288 */
5289 enum nl80211_mfp {
5290 NL80211_MFP_NO,
5291 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5292 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5293 };
5294
5295 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5296 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5297 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5298 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5299 };
5300
5301 /**
5302 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5303 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5304 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5305 * unicast key
5306 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5307 * multicast key
5308 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5309 */
5310 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5311 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5312 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5313 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5314
5315 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5316 };
5317
5318 /**
5319 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5320 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5321 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5322 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5323 * keys
5324 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5325 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5326 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5327 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5328 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5329 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5330 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5331 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5332 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5333 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5334 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5335 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5336 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5337 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5338 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5339 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5340 *
5341 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5342 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5343 */
5344 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5345 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5346 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5347 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5348 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5349 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5350 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5351 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5352 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5353 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5354 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5355 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5356
5357 /* keep last */
5358 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5359 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5360 };
5361
5362 /**
5363 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5364 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5365 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5366 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5367 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5368 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5369 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5370 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5371 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5372 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5373 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5374 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5375 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5376 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5377 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5378 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5379 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5380 */
5381 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5382 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5383 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5384 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5385 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5386 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5387 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5388 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5389 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5390
5391 /* keep last */
5392 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5393 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5394 };
5395
5396 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5397 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5398
5399 /**
5400 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5401 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5402 */
5403 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5404 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5405 };
5406
5407 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5408 /**
5409 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5410 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5411 */
5412 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5413 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5414 };
5415
5416 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5417 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5418 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5419 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5420 };
5421
5422 /**
5423 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5424 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5425 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5426 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5427 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5428 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5429 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5430 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5431 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5432 */
5433 enum nl80211_band {
5434 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5435 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5436 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5437 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5438 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5439 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5440
5441 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5442 };
5443
5444 /**
5445 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5446 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5447 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5448 */
5449 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5450 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5451 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5452 };
5453
5454 /**
5455 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5456 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5457 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5458 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5459 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5460 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5461 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5462 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5463 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5464 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5465 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5466 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5467 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5468 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5469 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5470 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5471 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5472 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5473 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5474 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5475 * checked.
5476 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5477 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5478 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5479 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5480 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5481 * loss event
5482 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5483 * RSSI threshold event.
5484 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5485 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5486 */
5487 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5488 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5489 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5490 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5491 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5492 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5493 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5494 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5495 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5496 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5497 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5498
5499 /* keep last */
5500 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5501 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5502 };
5503
5504 /**
5505 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5506 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5507 * configured threshold
5508 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5509 * configured threshold
5510 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5511 */
5512 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5513 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5514 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5515 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5516 };
5517
5518
5519 /**
5520 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5521 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5522 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5523 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5524 */
5525 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5526 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5527 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5528 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5529 };
5530
5531 /**
5532 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5533 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5534 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5535 */
5536 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5537 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5538 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5539 };
5540
5541 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5542 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5543 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5544 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5545 */
5546 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5547 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5548 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5549 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5550 };
5551
5552 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5553 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5554 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5555 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5556 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5557 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5558 * per peer instead.
5559 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
5560 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5561 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5562 * should be left untouched.
5563 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5564 * Its type is u16.
5565 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5566 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5567 * Its type is u8.
5568 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5569 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5570 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5571 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5572 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5573 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5574 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5575 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5576 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5577 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5578 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5579 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5580 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5581 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5582 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5583 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5584 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5585 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5586 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5587 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5588 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5589 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5590 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5591 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5592 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5593 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5594 * station.
5595 */
5596 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5597 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5598 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5599 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5600 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5601 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5602 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5603 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5604 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5605 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5606 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5607 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5608 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5609 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5610 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5611
5612 /* keep last */
5613 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5614 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5615 };
5616
5617 /**
5618 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5619 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5620 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5621 * a zero bit are ignored
5622 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5623 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5624 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5625 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5626 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5627 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5628 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5629 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5630 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5631 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5632 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5633 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5634 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5635 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5636 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5637 */
5638 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5639 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5640 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5641 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5642 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5643
5644 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5645 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5646 };
5647
5648 /**
5649 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5650 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5651 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5652 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5653 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5654 *
5655 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5656 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5657 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5658 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5659 * by the kernel to userspace.
5660 */
5661 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5662 __u32 max_patterns;
5663 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5664 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5665 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5666 } __attribute__((packed));
5667
5668 /* only for backward compatibility */
5669 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5670 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5671 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5672 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5673 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5674 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5675 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5676
5677 /**
5678 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5679 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5680 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5681 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5682 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5683 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5684 * any others are even supported by the device.
5685 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5686 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5687 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5688 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5689 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5690 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5691 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5692 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5693 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5694 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5695 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5696 *
5697 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5698 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5699 *
5700 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5701 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5702 * to the kernel when configuring.
5703 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5704 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5705 * by the device (flag)
5706 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5707 * done by the device) (flag)
5708 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5709 * packet (flag)
5710 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5711 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5712 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5713 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5714 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5715 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5716 * attribute contains the original length.
5717 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5718 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5719 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5720 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5721 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5722 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5723 * contains the original length.
5724 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5725 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5726 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5727 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5728 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5729 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5730 * the TCP connection.
5731 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5732 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5734 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5735 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5736 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5737 * service
5738 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5739 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5740 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5741 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5742 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5743 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5744 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5745 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5746 * supported by the driver (u32).
5747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5748 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5749 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5750 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5751 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5752 * occurred.
5753 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5754 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5755 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5756 * these attributes must be present. If
5757 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5758 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5759 * channel.
5760 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
5761 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
5762 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5763 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5764 *
5765 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5766 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5767 */
5768 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5769 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5770 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5771 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5772 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5773 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5774 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5775 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5776 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5777 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5778 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5779 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5780 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5781 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5782 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5783 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5784 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5785 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5786 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5787 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5788 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5789 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC,
5790
5791 /* keep last */
5792 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5793 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5794 };
5795
5796 /**
5797 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5798 *
5799 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5800 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5801 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5802 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5803 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5804 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5805 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5806 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5807 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5808 *
5809 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5810 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5811 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5812 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5813 * also woken up.
5814 *
5815 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5816 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5817 */
5818
5819 /**
5820 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5821 * @start: starting value
5822 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5823 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5824 *
5825 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5826 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5827 * in little endian.
5828 */
5829 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5830 __u32 start, offset, len;
5831 };
5832
5833 /**
5834 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5835 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5836 * @len: length of each token
5837 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5838 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5839 */
5840 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5841 __u32 offset, len;
5842 __u8 token_stream[];
5843 };
5844
5845 /**
5846 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5847 * @min_len: minimum token length
5848 * @max_len: maximum token length
5849 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5850 */
5851 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5852 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5853 };
5854
5855 /**
5856 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5857 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5858 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5859 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5860 * (in network byte order)
5861 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5862 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5863 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5864 * might require ARP querying.
5865 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5866 * socket and port will be allocated
5867 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5868 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5869 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5870 * of the data payload.
5871 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5872 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5873 * advertising it is just a flag
5874 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5875 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5876 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5877 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5878 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5879 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5880 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5881 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5882 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5883 * but on the TCP payload only.
5884 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5885 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5886 */
5887 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5888 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5889 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5890 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5891 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5892 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5893 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5894 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5895 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5896 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5897 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5898 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5899 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5900
5901 /* keep last */
5902 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5903 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5904 };
5905
5906 /**
5907 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5908 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5909 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5910 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5911 *
5912 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5913 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5914 */
5915 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5916 __u32 max_rules;
5917 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5918 __u32 max_delay;
5919 } __attribute__((packed));
5920
5921 /**
5922 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5923 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5924 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5925 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5926 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5927 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5928 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5929 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5930 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5931 */
5932 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5933 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5934 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5935 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5936 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5937
5938 /* keep last */
5939 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5940 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5941 };
5942
5943 /**
5944 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5945 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5946 * in a rule are matched.
5947 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5948 * in a rule are not matched.
5949 */
5950 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5951 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5952 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5953 };
5954
5955 /**
5956 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5957 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5958 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5959 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5960 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5961 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5962 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5963 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5964 */
5965 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5966 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5967 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5968 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5969
5970 /* keep last */
5971 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5972 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5973 };
5974
5975 /**
5976 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5977 *
5978 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5979 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5980 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5981 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5982 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5983 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5984 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5985 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5986 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5987 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5988 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5989 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5990 * different channels may be used within this group.
5991 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5992 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5993 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5994 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5995 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5996 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5997 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5998 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5999 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
6000 *
6001 * Examples:
6002 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
6003 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
6004 *
6005 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
6006 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
6007 *
6008 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
6009 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
6010 *
6011 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
6012 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
6013 *
6014 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
6015 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
6016 * that any of these groups must match.
6017 *
6018 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
6019 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
6020 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
6021 * interface type, the following group always exists:
6022 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
6023 */
6024 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
6025 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
6026 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
6027 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
6028 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
6029 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
6030 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
6031 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
6032 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
6033
6034 /* keep last */
6035 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
6036 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
6037 };
6038
6039
6040 /**
6041 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6042 *
6043 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6044 * state of non-existent mesh peer links
6045 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6046 * this mesh peer
6047 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6048 * from this mesh peer
6049 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6050 * received from this mesh peer
6051 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6052 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6053 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6054 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6055 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6056 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6057 */
6058 enum nl80211_plink_state {
6059 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
6060 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
6061 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
6062 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
6063 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
6064 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
6065 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
6066
6067 /* keep last */
6068 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
6069 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
6070 };
6071
6072 /**
6073 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6074 *
6075 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6076 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6077 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6078 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6079 */
6080 enum plink_actions {
6081 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
6082 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
6083 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
6084
6085 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6086 };
6087
6088
6089 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
6090 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
6091 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
6092 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
6093 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
6094 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
6095
6096 /**
6097 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6098 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6099 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6100 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6101 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6102 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6103 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6104 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6105 */
6106 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6107 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6108 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6109 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6110 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6111 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6112
6113 /* keep last */
6114 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6115 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6116 };
6117
6118 /**
6119 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6120 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6121 * Beacon frames)
6122 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6123 * in Beacon frames
6124 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6125 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6126 */
6127 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6128 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6129 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6130 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6131 };
6132
6133 /**
6134 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6135 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6136 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6137 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6138 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6139 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6140 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6141 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6142 */
6143 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6144 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6145 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6146 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6147
6148 /* keep last */
6149 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6150 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6151 };
6152
6153 /**
6154 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6155 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6156 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6157 * priority)
6158 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6159 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6160 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6161 * (internal)
6162 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6163 * (internal)
6164 */
6165 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6166 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6167 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6168 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6169 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6170
6171 /* keep last */
6172 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6173 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6174 };
6175
6176 /**
6177 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6178 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6179 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6180 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6181 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6182 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6183 */
6184 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6185 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6186 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6187 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6188 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6189 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6190 };
6191
6192 /**
6193 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6194 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6195 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6196 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6197 */
6198 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6199 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
6200 };
6201
6202 /**
6203 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6204 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6205 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6206 * socket option.
6207 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6208 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6209 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6210 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6211 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6212 * cellular base stations.
6213 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6214 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6215 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6216 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6217 * mode
6218 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6219 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6220 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6221 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6222 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6223 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6224 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6226 * setting
6227 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6228 * powersave
6229 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6230 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6231 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6232 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6233 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6234 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6235 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6236 * states using station flags.
6237 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6238 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6239 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6240 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6241 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6242 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6243 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6244 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6245 * still generated by the driver.
6246 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6247 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6248 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6249 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6250 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6251 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6252 * lifetime of a BSS.
6253 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6254 * Set IE to probe requests.
6255 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6256 * to probe requests.
6257 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6258 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6259 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6260 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6261 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6262 * Measurement Report action frame.
6263 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6264 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6265 * to enable dynack.
6266 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6267 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6268 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6270 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6271 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6272 * rts/cts handshake.
6273 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6274 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6275 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6276 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6277 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6278 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6279 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6280 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6281 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6282 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6283 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6284 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6285 * address mask/value will be used.
6286 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6287 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6288 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6289 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6291 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6292 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6293 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6294 */
6295 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6296 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6297 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6298 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6299 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6300 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6301 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6302 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6303 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6304 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6305 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6306 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6307 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6308 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6309 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6310 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6311 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6312 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6313 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6314 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6315 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6316 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6317 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6318 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6319 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6320 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6321 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6322 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6323 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6324 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6325 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6326 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6327 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6328 };
6329
6330 /**
6331 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6332 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6333 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6334 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6335 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6336 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6337 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6338 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6339 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6340 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6341 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6342 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6343 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6344 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6345 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6346 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6347 * (if available).
6348 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6349 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6350 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6351 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6352 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6353 * specified).
6354 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6355 * channel dwell time.
6356 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6357 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6358 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6359 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6360 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6361 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6363 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6365 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6367 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6368 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6369 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6370 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6371 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6372 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6373 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6374 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6375 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6377 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6378 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6379 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6380 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6381 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6382 * be supported.
6383 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6384 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6385 * actual dwell time.
6386 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6387 * response
6388 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6389 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6390 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6391 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6392 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6393 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6395 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6396 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6397 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6398 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6399 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6400 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6401 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6402 * "radar detected" event.
6403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6404 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6406 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6407 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6408 * TXQs.
6409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6410 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6412 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6413 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6414 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6415 * timing measurement responder role.
6416 *
6417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6418 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6419 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6420 * freeze the connection.
6421 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6422 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6423 *
6424 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6425 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6426 * scheduling.
6427 *
6428 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6429 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6430 *
6431 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
6432 *
6433 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6434 * to a station.
6435 *
6436 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6437 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6438 *
6439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6440 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6441 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6442 *
6443 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6444 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6445 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6446 *
6447 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6448 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6450 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6451 *
6452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6453 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6454 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6455 *
6456 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6457 *
6458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6459 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6460 *
6461 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6462 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6463 *
6464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6465 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6466 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6467 * included in the scan request.
6468 *
6469 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6470 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6471 *
6472 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6473 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6474 *
6475 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6476 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6477 * command).
6478 *
6479 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6480 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6481 *
6482 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6483 * frames transmission
6484 *
6485 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6486 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6487 *
6488 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6489 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6490 *
6491 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6492 * exchange protocol.
6493 *
6494 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6495 * exchange protocol.
6496 *
6497 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6498 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6499 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6500 *
6501 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6502 * detection and change announcemnts.
6503 *
6504 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6505 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6506 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6507 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6508 *
6509 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6510 * detection.
6511 *
6512 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6513 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6514 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6515 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6516 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6517 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6518 * in progress, and no active connections.
6519 *
6520 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6521 *
6522 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6523 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6524 *
6525 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6526 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6527 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6528 *
6529 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6530 * handling in station mode.
6531 *
6532 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6533 * handling in AP mode.
6534 *
6535 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
6536 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
6537 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
6538 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
6539 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
6540 *
6541 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
6542 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
6543 * in the RSNXE.
6544 *
6545 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6546 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6547 */
6548 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6549 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6550 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6551 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6552 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6553 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6554 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6555 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6556 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6557 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6558 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6559 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6560 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6561 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6562 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6563 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6564 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6565 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6566 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6567 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6568 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6569 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6570 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6571 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6572 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6573 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6574 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6575 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6576 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6577 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6578 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6579 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6580 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6581 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6582 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6583 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6584 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6585 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6586 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */
6587 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6588 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6589 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6590 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6591 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6592 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6593 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6594 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6595 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6596 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6597 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6598 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6599 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6600 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6601 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6602 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6603 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6604 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6605 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6606 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6607 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6608 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6609 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6610 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6611 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6612 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6613 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6614 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6615 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6616 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
6617 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6618 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
6619 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT,
6620
6621 /* add new features before the definition below */
6622 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6623 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6624 };
6625
6626 /**
6627 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6628 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6629 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6630 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6631 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6632 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6633 * to the host.
6634 *
6635 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6636 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6637 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6638 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6639 */
6640 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6641 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6642 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6643 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6644 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6645 };
6646
6647 /**
6648 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6649 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6650 * handled by the AP is reached.
6651 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6652 */
6653 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6654 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6655 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6656 };
6657
6658 /**
6659 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6660 *
6661 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6662 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6663 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6664 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6665 */
6666 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6667 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6668 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6669 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6670 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6671 };
6672
6673 /**
6674 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6675 *
6676 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6677 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6678 * requests.
6679 *
6680 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6681 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6682 * one of them can be used in the request.
6683 *
6684 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6685 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6686 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6687 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6688 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6689 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6690 * when really needed
6691 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6692 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6693 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6694 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6695 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6696 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6697 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6698 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6699 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6700 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6701 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6702 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6703 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6704 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6705 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6706 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6707 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6708 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6709 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6710 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6711 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6712 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6713 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6714 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6715 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6716 * impacted with this flag.
6717 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6718 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6719 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6720 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6721 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6722 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6723 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6724 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6725 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6726 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6727 * possible.
6728 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6729 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6730 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6731 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6732 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6733 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6734 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6735 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6736 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6737 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6738 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6739 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6740 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6741 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6742 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6743 * scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6744 */
6745 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6746 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6747 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6748 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6749 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6750 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6751 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6752 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6753 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6754 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6755 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6756 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6757 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6758 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6759 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6760 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6761 };
6762
6763 /**
6764 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6765 *
6766 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6767 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6768 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6769 *
6770 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6771 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6772 * in ACL to authenticate.
6773 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6774 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6775 */
6776 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6777 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6778 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6779 };
6780
6781 /**
6782 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6783 *
6784 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6785 *
6786 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6787 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6788 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6789 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6790 */
6791 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6792 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6793 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6794 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6795
6796 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6797 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6798 };
6799
6800 /**
6801 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6802 *
6803 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6804 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6805 *
6806 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6807 * now unusable.
6808 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6809 * the channel is now available.
6810 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6811 * change to the channel status.
6812 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6813 * over, channel becomes usable.
6814 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6815 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6816 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6817 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6818 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6819 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6820 */
6821 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6822 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6823 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6824 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6825 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6826 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6827 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6828 };
6829
6830 /**
6831 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6832 *
6833 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6834 *
6835 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6836 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6837 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6838 * is therefore marked as not available.
6839 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6840 */
6841 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6842 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6843 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6844 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6845 };
6846
6847 /**
6848 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6849 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6850 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6851 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6852 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6853 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6854 */
6855 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6856 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6857 };
6858
6859 /**
6860 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6861 *
6862 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6863 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6864 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6865 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6866 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6867 */
6868 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6869 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6870 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6871 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6872 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6873 /* add other protocols before this one */
6874 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6875 };
6876
6877 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6878 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6879
6880 /**
6881 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6882 *
6883 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6884 *
6885 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6886 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6887 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6888 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6889 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6890 */
6891 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6892 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6893 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6894 };
6895
6896 /*
6897 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6898 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6899 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6900 */
6901 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6902
6903 /**
6904 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6905 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6906 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6907 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6908 * added to this file when needed.
6909 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6910 */
6911 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6912 __u32 vendor_id;
6913 __u32 subcmd;
6914 };
6915
6916 /**
6917 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6918 *
6919 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6920 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6921 *
6922 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6923 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6924 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6925 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6926 */
6927 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6928 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6929 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6930 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6931 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6932 };
6933
6934 /**
6935 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6936 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6937 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6938 * seconds (u32).
6939 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6940 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6941 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6942 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6943 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6944 * currently defined
6945 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6946 */
6947 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6948 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6949 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6950 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6951
6952 /* keep last */
6953 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6954 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6955 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6956 };
6957
6958 /**
6959 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6960 *
6961 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6962 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6963 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6964 */
6965 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6966 __u8 band;
6967 __s8 delta;
6968 } __attribute__((packed));
6969
6970 /**
6971 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6972 *
6973 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6974 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6975 * is requested.
6976 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6977 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6978 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6979 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6980 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6981 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6982 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6983 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6984 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6985 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6986 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6987 *
6988 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6989 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6990 * which the driver shall use.
6991 */
6992 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6993 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6994 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6995 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6996 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6997
6998 /* keep last */
6999 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
7000 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
7001 };
7002
7003 /**
7004 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
7005 *
7006 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
7007 *
7008 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
7009 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
7010 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
7011 */
7012 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
7013 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
7014 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
7015 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
7016
7017 /* keep last */
7018 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
7019 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
7020 };
7021
7022 /**
7023 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
7024 *
7025 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
7026 *
7027 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
7028 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
7029 */
7030 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
7031 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
7032 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
7033 };
7034
7035 /**
7036 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
7037 *
7038 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
7039 *
7040 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
7041 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
7042 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
7043 */
7044 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
7045 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
7046 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
7047 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
7048 };
7049
7050 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
7051 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7052 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7053
7054 /**
7055 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7056 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7057 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7058 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7059 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7060 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7061 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7062 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7063 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7064 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7065 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7066 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7067 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7068 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7069 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7070 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7071 * is follow up. This is a u8.
7072 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7073 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7074 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7075 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7076 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7077 * This is a flag.
7078 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7079 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7080 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7081 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7082 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7083 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7084 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7085 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7086 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7087 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7088 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7089 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7090 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7091 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7092 *
7093 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7094 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7095 */
7096 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7097 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7098 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7099 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7100 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7101 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7102 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7103 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7104 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7105 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7106 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7107 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7108 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7109 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7110 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7111 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7112 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7113 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7114
7115 /* keep last */
7116 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7117 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7118 };
7119
7120 /**
7121 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7122 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7123 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7124 * This is a flag.
7125 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7126 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7127 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7128 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7129 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7130 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7131 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7132 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7133 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7134 */
7135 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7136 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7137 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7138 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7139 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7140 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7141
7142 /* keep last */
7143 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7144 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7145 };
7146
7147 /**
7148 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7149 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7150 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7151 * match. This is a nested attribute.
7152 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7153 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7154 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7155 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7156 *
7157 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7158 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7159 */
7160 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7161 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7162 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7163 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7164
7165 /* keep last */
7166 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7167 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7168 };
7169
7170 /**
7171 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7172 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7173 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7174 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7175 */
7176 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7177 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7178 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7179 };
7180
7181 /**
7182 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7183 * responder attributes
7184 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7185 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7186 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7187 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7188 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7189 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7190 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7191 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7192 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7193 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7194 */
7195 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7196 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7197
7198 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7199 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7200 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7201
7202 /* keep last */
7203 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7204 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7205 };
7206
7207 /*
7208 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7209 *
7210 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7211 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7212 *
7213 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7214 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7215 * were ssfully answered (u32)
7216 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7217 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
7218 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7219 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7220 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7221 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7222 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7223 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7224 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7225 * phase with the responder (u32)
7226 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7227 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7228 * FTM slot (u32)
7229 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7230 * scheduled window (u32)
7231 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7232 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7233 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7234 */
7235 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7236 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7237 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7238 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7239 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7240 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7241 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7242 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7243 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7244 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7245 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7246 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7247
7248 /* keep last */
7249 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7250 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7251 };
7252
7253 /**
7254 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7255 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7256 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7257 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7258 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7259 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7260 */
7261 enum nl80211_preamble {
7262 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7263 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7264 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7265 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7266 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7267 };
7268
7269 /**
7270 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7271 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7272 * these numbers also for attributes
7273 *
7274 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7275 *
7276 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7277 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7278 */
7279 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7280 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7281
7282 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7283
7284 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7285 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7286 };
7287
7288 /**
7289 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7290 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7291 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7292 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7293 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7294 * reason may be available in the response data
7295 */
7296 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7297 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7298 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7299 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7300 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7301 };
7302
7303 /**
7304 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7305 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7306 *
7307 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7308 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7309 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7310 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7311 * (flag attribute)
7312 *
7313 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7314 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7315 */
7316 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7317 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7318
7319 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7320 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7321
7322 /* keep last */
7323 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7324 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7325 };
7326
7327 /**
7328 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7329 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7330 *
7331 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7332 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7333 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7334 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7335 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7336 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7337 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7338 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7339 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7340 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7341 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7342 * (u64, usec)
7343 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7344 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7345 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7346 * result.
7347 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7348 *
7349 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7350 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7351 */
7352 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7353 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7354
7355 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7356 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7357 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7358 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7359 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7360 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7361
7362 /* keep last */
7363 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7364 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7365 };
7366
7367 /**
7368 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7369 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7370 *
7371 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7372 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7373 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7374 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7375 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7376 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7377 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7378 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7379 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7380 *
7381 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7382 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7383 */
7384 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7385 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7386
7387 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7388 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7389 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7390 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7391
7392 /* keep last */
7393 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7394 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7395 };
7396
7397 /**
7398 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7399 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7400 *
7401 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7402 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7403 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7404 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7405 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7406 * measurement results
7407 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7408 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7409 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7410 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7411 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7412 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7413 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7414 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7415 * sub-attributes taken from
7416 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7417 *
7418 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7419 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7420 */
7421 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7422 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7423
7424 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7425 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7426 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7427 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7428 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7429
7430 /* keep last */
7431 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7432 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7433 };
7434
7435 /**
7436 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7437 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7438 *
7439 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7440 * is supported
7441 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7442 * mode is supported
7443 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7444 * data can be requested during the measurement
7445 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7446 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7447 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7448 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7450 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7451 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7452 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7453 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7454 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7455 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7456 * is valid)
7457 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7458 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7459 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7460 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7461 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7462 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
7463 *
7464 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7465 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7466 */
7467 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7468 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7469
7470 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7471 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7472 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7473 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7476 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7477 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7479 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7480
7481 /* keep last */
7482 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7483 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7484 };
7485
7486 /**
7487 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7488 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7489 *
7490 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7491 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7492 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7493 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7494 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7495 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7496 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7497 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7499 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7500 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7501 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7502 * requested per burst
7503 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7504 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7505 * (u8, default 3)
7506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7507 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7508 * (flag)
7509 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7510 * measurement (flag).
7511 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7512 * mutually exclusive.
7513 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7514 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7515 * ranging will be used.
7516 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
7517 * ranging measurement (flag)
7518 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7519 * mutually exclusive.
7520 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7521 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7522 * ranging will be used.
7523 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7524 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7525 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7526 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7527 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7528 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7529 *
7530 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7531 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7532 */
7533 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7534 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7535
7536 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7537 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7538 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7539 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7540 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7541 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7542 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7543 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7544 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7545 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7546 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7547 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7548 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7549
7550 /* keep last */
7551 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7552 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7553 };
7554
7555 /**
7556 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7557 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7559 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7560 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7561 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7562 * try and get no response)
7563 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7564 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7565 * received
7566 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7567 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7568 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7569 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7570 */
7571 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7572 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7579 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7580 };
7581
7582 /**
7583 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7584 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7585 *
7586 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7587 * (u32, optional)
7588 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7589 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7590 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7591 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7592 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7593 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7594 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
7595 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7596 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7597 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7598 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7599 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7600 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7601 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7602 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7603 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7604 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7605 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7606 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7607 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7608 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7609 * attributes)
7610 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7611 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7612 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7613 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7614 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7615 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7616 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7617 * optional)
7618 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7619 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7620 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7621 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7622 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7623 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7624 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7625 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7626 * Type 8.
7627 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7628 * (binary, optional);
7629 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7630 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7631 * Type 11.
7632 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7633 *
7634 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7635 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7636 */
7637 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7638 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7639
7640 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7641 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7642 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7643 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7644 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7645 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7646 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7647 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7648 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7649 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7650 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7651 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7652 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7653 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7654 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7655 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7656 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7657 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7658 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7659 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7660 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7661
7662 /* keep last */
7663 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7664 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7665 };
7666
7667 /**
7668 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7669 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7670 *
7671 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7672 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7673 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7674 * tx power offset.
7675 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7676 * values used by members of the SRG.
7677 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7678 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7679 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7680 *
7681 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7682 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7683 */
7684 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7685 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7686
7687 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7688 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7689 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7690 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7691 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7692 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7693
7694 /* keep last */
7695 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7696 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7697 };
7698
7699 /**
7700 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7701 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7702 *
7703 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7704 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7705 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7706 *
7707 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7708 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7709 */
7710 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7711 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7712
7713 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7714 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7715 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7716
7717 /* keep last */
7718 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7719 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7720 };
7721
7722 /**
7723 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7724 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7725 *
7726 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7727 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7728 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7729 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7730 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7731 *
7732 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7733 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7734 */
7735 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7736 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7737
7738 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7739 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7740
7741 /* keep last */
7742 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7743 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7744 };
7745
7746 /**
7747 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7748 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7749 *
7750 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7751 *
7752 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7753 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7754 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7755 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
7756 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7757 * frame including the headers.
7758 *
7759 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7760 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7761 */
7762 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7763 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7764
7765 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7766 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7767 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7768
7769 /* keep last */
7770 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7771 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7772 };
7773
7774 /*
7775 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7776 * mandatory fields.
7777 */
7778 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7779
7780 /**
7781 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7782 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7783 *
7784 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7785 *
7786 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7787 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7788 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
7789 * disabled.
7790 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7791 * frame template (binary).
7792 *
7793 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7794 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7795 */
7796 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7797 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7798
7799 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7800 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7801
7802 /* keep last */
7803 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7804 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7805 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7806 };
7807
7808 /**
7809 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7810 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7811 * used.
7812 *
7813 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7814 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7815 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7816 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7817 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7818 * can be used.
7819 */
7820 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7821 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7822 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7823 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7824 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7825 };
7826
7827 /**
7828 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7829 *
7830 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7831 *
7832 */
7833 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7834 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7835
7836 /* add new type here */
7837
7838 /* Keep last */
7839 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7840 };
7841
7842 /**
7843 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7844 *
7845 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7846 *
7847 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7848 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7849 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7850 *
7851 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7852 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7853 *
7854 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7855 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7856 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7857 *
7858 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7859 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7860 *
7861 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7862 */
7863 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7864 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7865
7866 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7867 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7868
7869 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7870 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7871 };
7872
7873 /**
7874 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7875 *
7876 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7877 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7878 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7879 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7880 *
7881 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7882 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7883 * is applied to this range.
7884 *
7885 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7886 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7887 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7888 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7889 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7890 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7891 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7892 *
7893 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7894 *
7895 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7896 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7897 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7898 *
7899 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7900 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7901 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7902 *
7903 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7904 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7905 */
7906 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7907 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7908
7909 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7910 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7911 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7912 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7913
7914 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7915 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7916 };
7917
7918 /**
7919 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7920 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7921 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7922 * MBSSID and EMA.
7923 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7924 * features.
7925 *
7926 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7927 *
7928 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7929 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7930 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7931 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7932 *
7933 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7934 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7935 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7936 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7937 * a non-zero value.
7938 *
7939 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7940 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7941 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7942 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7943 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7944 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7945 *
7946 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7947 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7948 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7949 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7950 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7951 * the interface index of the same.
7952 *
7953 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7954 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7955 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7956 *
7957 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7958 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7959 */
7960 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7961 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7962
7963 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7964 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7965 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7966 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7967 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7968
7969 /* keep last */
7970 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7971 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7972 };
7973
7974 /**
7975 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7976 *
7977 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7978 * authentication.
7979 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7980 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7981 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7982 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7983 * userspace.
7984 */
7985 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7986 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
7987 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
7988 };
7989
7990 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */